ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.115
Committed: Wed Jun 26 00:01:46 2019 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: EV-rel-4_27, rel-4_27
Changes since 1.114: +10 -3 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.110 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.11 (Pod::Simple 3.35)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.114 .TH LIBEV 3 "2019-06-25" "libev-4.25" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.111 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific aio and \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR
246     interfaces, the BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port
247     mechanisms for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR
248     interface (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249 root 1.80 inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296 root 1.115 Via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_FREQUENT\*(C'\fR macro you can compile in and/or enable extensive
297     consistency checking code inside libev that can be used to check for
298     internal inconsistencies, suually caused by application bugs.
299     .PP
300     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions. These do not
301     trigger under normal circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev
302     or worse.
303 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
304     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
305     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
306     library in any way.
307     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
308     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
309 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
310     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
311 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
312 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
313 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
314     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
315 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
316     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
317     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
318     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
319     .Sp
320     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
321     .Sp
322     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
323     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
324 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
325     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
326     .PD 0
327     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
328     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
329     .PD
330 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
331 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
332     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
333     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
334     version of the library your program was compiled against.
335     .Sp
336 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
337     release version.
338 root 1.47 .Sp
339 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
340 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
341 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
342     not a problem.
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
345 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
346     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
347 root 1.9 .Sp
348     .Vb 3
349 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
350     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
351     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
352 root 1.9 .Ve
353 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
354     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
355     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
356     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
357     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
358     a description of the set values.
359 root 1.9 .Sp
360     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
361     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
362     .Sp
363     .Vb 2
364 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
365     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
366 root 1.9 .Ve
367 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
368     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
369 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
370     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
371     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
372     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
373     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
374     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
375     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
376 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
377     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
378     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
379 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
380     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
381     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
382     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
383 root 1.10 .Sp
384     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
385 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
386     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
387 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
388 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
389     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
390     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
391     or take some potentially destructive action.
392     .Sp
393     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
394     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
395     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
396 root 1.1 .Sp
397     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
398     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
399     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
400 root 1.9 .Sp
401 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
402     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
403     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
404     .Sp
405     .Vb 5
406     \& static void *
407     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
408     \& {
409     \& if (size)
410     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
411     \&
412     \& free (ptr);
413     \& return 0;
414     \& }
415     .Ve
416     .Sp
417 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
418 root 1.110 retries.
419 root 1.9 .Sp
420 root 1.110 .Vb 8
421 root 1.9 \& static void *
422 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
423 root 1.9 \& {
424 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
425     \& {
426     \& free (ptr);
427     \& return 0;
428     \& }
429     \&
430 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
431     \& {
432     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
433 root 1.60 \&
434 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
435     \& return newptr;
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
438     \& }
439     \& }
440 root 1.60 \&
441 root 1.9 \& ...
442     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
443     .Ve
444 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
445     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
446 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
447 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
448     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
449 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
450 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
451     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
452     (such as abort).
453 root 1.9 .Sp
454 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
455 root 1.9 .Sp
456     .Vb 6
457     \& static void
458     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
459     \& {
460     \& perror (msg);
461     \& abort ();
462     \& }
463 root 1.60 \&
464 root 1.9 \& ...
465     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
466     .Ve
467 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
468     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
469     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
470     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
471     handlers or random threads.
472     .Sp
473     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
474     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
475     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
476     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
477     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
478     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
479 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
480     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
481     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
482     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
483     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
484 root 1.73 .PP
485     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
486 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
487     do not.
488 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
489     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
490 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
491     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
492     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
494     .Sp
495     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
496     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
497     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
498     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
499     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
500 root 1.1 .Sp
501     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
502 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
503 root 1.1 .Sp
504 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
505 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
506     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
507     threads anyway).
508     .Sp
509     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
510     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
511     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
512     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
513     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
514     .Sp
515     Example: This is the most typical usage.
516     .Sp
517     .Vb 2
518     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
519     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
520     .Ve
521     .Sp
522     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
523     environment settings to be taken into account:
524     .Sp
525     .Vb 1
526     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
527     .Ve
528     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
529     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
530     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
531     could not be initialised, returns false.
532 root 1.63 .Sp
533 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
534     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
535     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
536 root 1.60 .Sp
537 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
538 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
539 root 1.1 .Sp
540 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
541 root 1.1 .RS 4
542     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
543     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
544     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
545     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
546     thing, believe me).
547     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
548     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
549     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
550 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
551 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
552     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
553     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
554 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
555     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
556     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
557     thread modifies them).
558 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
559     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
560     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
561 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
562     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
563 root 1.35 .Sp
564     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
565     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
566 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
567 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
568     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
569     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
570     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
573 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
574     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
575 root 1.35 .Sp
576 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
577 root 1.35 environment variable.
578 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
579     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
580     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
581     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
582 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
583 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
584     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
585 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
586     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
587     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
588     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
589 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
590 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
591     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
592     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
593     threads that are not interested in handling them.
594     .Sp
595     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
596     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
597     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
598 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
599     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
600     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
601     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
602 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
603 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
604     .Sp
605     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
606     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
607     unblocking the signals.
608     .Sp
609 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
610     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
611     .Sp
612 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
613 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
614     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
615 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
616 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
617 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
618     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
619 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
620 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
621 root 1.58 .Sp
622     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
623 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
624 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
625     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
626     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
627 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
628 root 1.71 .Sp
629     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
630     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
631     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
632 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
633     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
634 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
635 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
636 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
637     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
638     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
639     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
640     performance tips.
641 root 1.71 .Sp
642     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
643     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
644 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
645     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
646 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
647 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
648 root 1.81 kernels).
649     .Sp
650 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
651     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
652     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
653     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
654 root 1.73 .Sp
655     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
656     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
657     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
658 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
659     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
660     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
661     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
662     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
663     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
664     and is of course hard to detect.
665 root 1.73 .Sp
666 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
667     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
668     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
669     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
670     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
671     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
672     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
673     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
674     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
675     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
676 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
677     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
678 root 1.3 .Sp
679 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
680     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
681     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
682 root 1.84 .Sp
683 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
684 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
685     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
686     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
687     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
688     file descriptors.
689 root 1.58 .Sp
690     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
691 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
692     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
693     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
694 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
695     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
696     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
697 root 1.58 .Sp
698 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
699     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
700     the usage. So sad.
701     .Sp
702 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
703 root 1.111 a lot of kernel revisions, but probably(!) works in current versions.
704     .Sp
705     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
706     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
707     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO"" (value 64, Linux)" 4
708     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_LINUXAIO\fR (value 64, Linux)" 4
709     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO (value 64, Linux)"
710 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific Linux \s-1AIO\s0 (\fInot\fR \f(CWaio(7)\fR but \f(CWio_submit(2)\fR) event interface available in post\-4.18 kernels (but libev
711     only tries to use it in 4.19+).
712     .Sp
713     This is another Linux train wreck of an event interface.
714 root 1.111 .Sp
715     If this backend works for you (as of this writing, it was very
716 root 1.114 experimental), it is the best event interface available on Linux and might
717 root 1.112 be well worth enabling it \- if it isn't available in your kernel this will
718     be detected and this backend will be skipped.
719     .Sp
720     This backend can batch oneshot requests and supports a user-space ring
721     buffer to receive events. It also doesn't suffer from most of the design
722 root 1.114 problems of epoll (such as not being able to remove event sources from
723     the epoll set), and generally sounds too good to be true. Because, this
724     being the Linux kernel, of course it suffers from a whole new set of
725     limitations, forcing you to fall back to epoll, inheriting all its design
726     issues.
727 root 1.111 .Sp
728     For one, it is not easily embeddable (but probably could be done using
729 root 1.112 an event fd at some extra overhead). It also is subject to a system wide
730 root 1.114 limit that can be configured in \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-max\-nr\fR. If no \s-1AIO\s0
731     requests are left, this backend will be skipped during initialisation, and
732     will switch to epoll when the loop is active.
733     .Sp
734     Most problematic in practice, however, is that not all file descriptors
735     work with it. For example, in Linux 5.1, \s-1TCP\s0 sockets, pipes, event fds,
736     files, \fI/dev/null\fR and many others are supported, but ttys do not work
737 root 1.113 properly (a known bug that the kernel developers don't care about, see
738     <https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/1047453/>), so this is not
739     (yet?) a generic event polling interface.
740 root 1.112 .Sp
741 root 1.114 Overall, it seems the Linux developers just don't want it to have a
742 root 1.113 generic event handling mechanism other than \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR.
743     .Sp
744 root 1.114 To work around all these problem, the current version of libev uses its
745     epoll backend as a fallback for file descriptor types that do not work. Or
746     falls back completely to epoll if the kernel acts up.
747 root 1.71 .Sp
748     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
749     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
750 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
751     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
752 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
753 root 1.114 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time this backend was
754     implemented, it was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't
755     work reliably with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin,
756     where of course it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose
757     brokenness is by design, these kqueue bugs can be (and mostly have been)
758     fixed without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not
759     being \*(L"auto-detected\*(R" on all platforms unless you explicitly specify it
760     in the flags (i.e. using \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a
761     known-to-be-good (\-enough) system like NetBSD.
762 root 1.3 .Sp
763 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
764     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
765     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
766     .Sp
767 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
768 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
769     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
770 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
771 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
772 root 1.114 might have to leak fds on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
773 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
774 root 1.58 .Sp
775     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
776     .Sp
777     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
778     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
779     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
780     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
781 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
782 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
783 root 1.71 .Sp
784     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
785     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
786     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
787 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
788     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
789     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
790 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
791     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
792     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
793     immensely.
794 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
795     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
796 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
797 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
798 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
799 root 1.7 .Sp
800 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
801     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
802     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
803     might perform better.
804 root 1.60 .Sp
805 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
806     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
807     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
808     hacks).
809     .Sp
810     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
811     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
812 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
813 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
814 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
815     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
816     to re-arm the watcher.
817 root 1.85 .Sp
818     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
819 root 1.71 .Sp
820     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
821     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
822 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
823     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
824     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
825 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
826     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
827 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
828 root 1.58 .Sp
829 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
830     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
831     at all.
832     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
833     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
834     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
835     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
836     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
837     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
838 root 1.1 .RE
839     .RS 4
840 root 1.3 .Sp
841 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
842     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
843     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
844     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
845 root 1.8 .Sp
846 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
847 root 1.8 .Sp
848 root 1.82 .Vb 3
849     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
850     \& if (!epoller)
851     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
852 root 1.8 .Ve
853     .Sp
854 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
855 root 1.82 used if available.
856 root 1.8 .Sp
857     .Vb 1
858 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
859 root 1.8 .Ve
860 root 1.111 .Sp
861     Example: Similarly, on linux, you mgiht want to take advantage of the
862     linux aio backend if possible, but fall back to something else if that
863     isn't available.
864     .Sp
865     .Vb 1
866     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO);
867     .Ve
868 root 1.1 .RE
869 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
870     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
871     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
872 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
873     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
874 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
875 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
876 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
877 root 1.12 for example).
878 root 1.52 .Sp
879 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
880     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
881     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
882 root 1.52 .Sp
883 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
884     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
885     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
886     .Sp
887     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
888 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
889 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
890     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
891     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
892     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
893 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
894     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
895     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
896     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
897     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
898     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
899 root 1.82 .Sp
900 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
901     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
902     .Sp
903 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
904 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
905     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
906     during fork.
907 root 1.60 .Sp
908     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
909 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
910     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
911     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
912     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
913     costly reset of the backend).
914 root 1.1 .Sp
915     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
916 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
917     .Sp
918     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
919     using pthreads.
920 root 1.1 .Sp
921 root 1.82 .Vb 5
922     \& static void
923     \& post_fork_child (void)
924     \& {
925     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
926     \& }
927     \&
928     \& ...
929     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
930 root 1.1 .Ve
931 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
932     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
933 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
934     otherwise.
935 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
936     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
937     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
938     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
939     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
940 root 1.37 .Sp
941     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
942     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
943 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
944     prepare and check phases.
945     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
946     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
947     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
948 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
949 root 1.79 .Sp
950 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
951     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
952 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
953     .Sp
954 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
955     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
956     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
957     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
958 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
959     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
960     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
961 root 1.1 use.
962     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
963     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
964     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
965 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
966     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
967     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
968 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
969 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
970     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
971     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
972     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
973 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
974 root 1.71 .Sp
975     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
976     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
977     the current time is a good idea.
978     .Sp
979     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
980 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
981     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
982     .PD 0
983     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
984     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
985     .PD
986 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
987     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
988 root 1.78 .Sp
989     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
990     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
991     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
992     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
993     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
994     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
995     .Sp
996     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
997     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
998     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
999 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
1000 root 1.78 .Sp
1001     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
1002     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
1003     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
1004     .Sp
1005     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
1006     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
1007 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
1008     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
1009 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
1010 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
1011 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
1012 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
1013 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
1014 root 1.1 .Sp
1015 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
1016     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
1017     called.
1018 root 1.1 .Sp
1019 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
1020     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
1021     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
1022     .Sp
1023 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
1024 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
1025 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
1026     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
1027     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
1028     beauty.
1029 root 1.9 .Sp
1030 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
1031     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
1032 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
1033     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
1034     .Sp
1035 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
1036     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
1037     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
1038     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
1039     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
1040 root 1.1 .Sp
1041 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
1042 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
1043     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
1044 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
1045 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
1046     iteration of the loop.
1047     .Sp
1048     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
1049     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
1050 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
1051 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
1052     .Sp
1053 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
1054     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1055     future versions):
1056 root 1.8 .Sp
1057 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1058 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1059     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1060 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1061 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1062     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1063 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1064 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1065 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1066 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1067     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1068 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1069 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1070 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1071 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1072 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1073     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1074 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1075 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1076     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1077 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1078     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1079     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1080 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1081 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1082     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1083 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1084     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1085 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1086     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1087     \& continue with step LOOP.
1088     \& FINISH:
1089     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1090     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1091     \& \- Return.
1092 root 1.2 .Ve
1093 root 1.9 .Sp
1094 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1095 root 1.9 anymore.
1096     .Sp
1097     .Vb 4
1098     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1099     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1100 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1101 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1102 root 1.9 .Ve
1103 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1104     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1105     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1106 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1107 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1108     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1109 root 1.60 .Sp
1110 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1111 root 1.72 .Sp
1112 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1113     which case it will have no effect.
1114 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1115     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1116     .PD 0
1117     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1118     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1119     .PD
1120     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1121     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1122 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1123 root 1.71 .Sp
1124 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1125 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1126 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1127     before stopping it.
1128 root 1.71 .Sp
1129 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1130 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1131 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1132     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1133     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1134     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1135     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1136     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1137     in the callback).
1138 root 1.9 .Sp
1139 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1140 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1141     .Sp
1142     .Vb 4
1143 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1144 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1145     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1146 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1147 root 1.9 .Ve
1148     .Sp
1149 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1150 root 1.9 .Sp
1151     .Vb 2
1152 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1153     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1154 root 1.9 .Ve
1155 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1156     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1157 root 1.56 .PD 0
1158 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1159     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1160 root 1.56 .PD
1161     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1162 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1163     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1164     latency.
1165 root 1.56 .Sp
1166     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1167 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1168     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1169     opportunities).
1170     .Sp
1171     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1172     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1173     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1174 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1175     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1176     .Sp
1177     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1178     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1179     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1180 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1181 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1182     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1183 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1184     good enough).
1185 root 1.56 .Sp
1186     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1187     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1188 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1189     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1190     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1191 root 1.56 .Sp
1192 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1193 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1194     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1195     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1196 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1197     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1198     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1199     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1200 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1201 root 1.71 .Sp
1202     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1203     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1204     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1205     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1206     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1207     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1208 root 1.79 .Sp
1209     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1210     more often than 100 times per second:
1211     .Sp
1212     .Vb 2
1213     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1214     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1215     .Ve
1216     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1217     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1218     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1219 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1220     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1221     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1222     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1223     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1224     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1225 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1226     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1227     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1228     are pending.
1229     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1230     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1231     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1232 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1233 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1234     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1235     .Sp
1236     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1237     callback.
1238 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1239     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1240 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1241     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1242     each call to a libev function.
1243     .Sp
1244 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1245     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1246 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1247 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1248 root 1.79 .Sp
1249     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1250     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1251     afterwards.
1252     .Sp
1253     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1254     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1255     .Sp
1256     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1257     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1258     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1259     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1260 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1261 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1262     .Sp
1263 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1264 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1265     .Sp
1266     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1267     document.
1268     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1269     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1270     .PD 0
1271 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1272     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1273 root 1.79 .PD
1274     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1275     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1276 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1277 root 1.79 .Sp
1278     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1279     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1280     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1281     any other purpose as well.
1282 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1283     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1284 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1285 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1286 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1287     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1288     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1289 root 1.67 .Sp
1290     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1291     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1292     data structures consistent.
1293 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1294     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1295 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1296     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1297     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1298     .PP
1299 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1300     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1301     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1302     for that:
1303 root 1.1 .PP
1304     .Vb 5
1305 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1306 root 1.68 \& {
1307     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1308 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1309 root 1.68 \& }
1310     \&
1311     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1312 root 1.73 \&
1313     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1314     \&
1315 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1316     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1317     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1318 root 1.73 \&
1319 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1320 root 1.1 .Ve
1321     .PP
1322     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1323 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1324     stack).
1325     .PP
1326     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1327     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1328 root 1.1 .PP
1329 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1330     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1331     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1332     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1333     and/or writable).
1334 root 1.1 .PP
1335 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1336     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1337     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1338 root 1.1 .PP
1339     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1340 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1341 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1342 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1343 root 1.1 .PP
1344     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1345     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1346 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1347 root 1.1 .PP
1348     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1349     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1350     third argument.
1351     .PP
1352     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1353     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1354     are:
1355     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1356     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1357     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1358     .PD 0
1359     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1360     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1361     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1362     .PD
1363     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1364     writable.
1365 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1366     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1367     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1368 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1369     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1370     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1371     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1372     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1373     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1374     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1375     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1376     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1377     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1378     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1379     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1380     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1381 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1382     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1383     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1384     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1385 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1386     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1387     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1388     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1389     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1390     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1391     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1392     .PD 0
1393     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1394     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1395     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1396     .PD
1397 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1398     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1399     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1400     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1401     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1402     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1403     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1404     .Sp
1405     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1406     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1407     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1408     blocking).
1409 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1410     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1411     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1412     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1413     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1414     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1415     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1416     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1417     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1418 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1419     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1420     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1421     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1422 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1423     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1424     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1425     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1426 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1427     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1428     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1429     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1430     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1431 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1432     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1433     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1434 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1435 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1436     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1437 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1438     .Sp
1439     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1440     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1441     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1442     bug in your program.
1443 root 1.1 .Sp
1444 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1445     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1446     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1447 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1448 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1449     thing, so beware.
1450 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1451 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1452 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1453     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1454     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1455     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1456     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1457     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1458     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1459     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1460     which rolls both calls into one.
1461     .Sp
1462     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1463     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1464     .Sp
1465 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1466 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1467 root 1.71 .Sp
1468     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1469     .Sp
1470     .Vb 3
1471     \& ev_io w;
1472     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1473     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1474     .Ve
1475 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1476     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1477     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1478 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1479     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1480     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1481     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1482     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1483     .Sp
1484     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1485     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1486 root 1.71 .Sp
1487     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1488 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1489     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1490     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1491 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1492     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1493 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1494 root 1.71 .Sp
1495     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1496     .Sp
1497     .Vb 1
1498     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1499     .Ve
1500 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1501     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1502     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1503 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1504     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1505 root 1.71 .Sp
1506     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1507     whole section.
1508     .Sp
1509     .Vb 1
1510     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1511     .Ve
1512 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1513     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1514     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1515 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1516     the watcher was active or not).
1517     .Sp
1518     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1519     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1520     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1521     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1522     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1523 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1524     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1525     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1526     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1527     it.
1528     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1529     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1530     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1531     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1532     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1533 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1534     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1535     it).
1536 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1537     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1538 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1539 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1540     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1541 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1542     (modulo threads).
1543 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1544     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1545 root 1.37 .PD 0
1546     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1547     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1548     .PD
1549     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1550     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1551     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1552     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1553     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1554     .Sp
1555     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1556     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1557     .Sp
1558 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1559     pending.
1560     .Sp
1561 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1562     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1563     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1564     .Sp
1565 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1566     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1567     .Sp
1568 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1569 root 1.78 priorities.
1570 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1571     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1572     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1573     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1574 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1575     callback.
1576 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1577     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1578 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1579     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1580 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1581 root 1.71 .Sp
1582     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1583     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1584 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1585     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1586     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1587     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1588     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1589     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1590     .Sp
1591     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1592     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1593     not started in the first place.
1594     .Sp
1595     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1596     functions that do not need a watcher.
1597 root 1.1 .PP
1598 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1599     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1600     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1601 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1602     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1603     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1604     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1605     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1606 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1607     .IX Item "initialised"
1608 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1609 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1610     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1611     .Sp
1612 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1613     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1614     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1615     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1616 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1617     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1618     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1619     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1620     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1621     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1622     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1623     .IP "pending" 4
1624     .IX Item "pending"
1625     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1626     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1627     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1628     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1629     callback.
1630     .Sp
1631     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1632     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1633     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1634     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1635     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1636     previous item still apply.
1637     .Sp
1638     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1639     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1640     active.
1641     .IP "stopped" 4
1642     .IX Item "stopped"
1643     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1644     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1645     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1646     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1647     freeing it is often a good idea.
1648     .Sp
1649     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1650 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1651     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1652     it again).
1653 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1654 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1655     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1656     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1657     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1658     .PP
1659     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1660     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1661     range.
1662     .PP
1663     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1664     by event loops:
1665     .PP
1666     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1667     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1668     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1669     .PP
1670     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1671     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1672     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1673     before polling for new events.
1674     .PP
1675     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1676     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1677     .PP
1678     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1679     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1680     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1681     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1682     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1683     priority ones.
1684     .PP
1685     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1686     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1687     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1688     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1689     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1690     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1691     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1692     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1693     always, what you want).
1694     .PP
1695     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1696     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1697     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1698     required.
1699     .PP
1700     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1701     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1702     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1703     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1704 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1705 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1706     workable.
1707     .PP
1708     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1709     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1710     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1711     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1712     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1713     .PP
1714     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1715     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1716     other events are pending:
1717     .PP
1718     .Vb 2
1719     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1720     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1721     \&
1722     \& static void
1723     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1724     \& {
1725     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1726     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1727     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1728     \&
1729 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1730 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1731     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1732     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1733     \& }
1734     \&
1735     \& static void
1736 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1737 root 1.78 \& {
1738     \& // actual processing
1739     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1740     \&
1741     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1742     \& // we have handled the event
1743     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1744     \& }
1745     \&
1746     \& // initialisation
1747     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1748     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1749     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1750     .Ve
1751     .PP
1752     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1753     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1754     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1755     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1756     important ones.
1757 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1758     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1759     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1760 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1761     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1762     .PP
1763     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1764     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1765     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1766     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1767     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1768     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1769     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1770     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1771 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1772     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1773 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1774 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1775 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1776     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1777     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1778     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1779     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1780     receive future events.
1781 root 1.1 .PP
1782     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1783     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1784     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1785     required if you know what you are doing).
1786     .PP
1787 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1788 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1789 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1790 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1791     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1792     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1793     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1794 root 1.17 .PP
1795 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1796     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1797     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1798 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1799     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1800 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1801     indefinitely.
1802     .PP
1803     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1804 root 1.49 .PP
1805     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1806     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1807     .PP
1808 root 1.111 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll, linuxaio) need to be told about closing
1809     a file descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other
1810     means, such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some
1811     file descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently
1812     drop this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then
1813     is registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is,
1814     in fact, a different file descriptor.
1815 root 1.49 .PP
1816     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1817     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1818     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1819     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1820     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1821     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1822     .PP
1823     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1824     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1825     optimisations to libev.
1826 root 1.50 .PP
1827 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1828     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1829 root 1.54 .PP
1830     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1831 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1832     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1833     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1834 root 1.54 .PP
1835 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1836     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1837 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1838     .PP
1839 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1840     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1841     .PP
1842     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1843     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1844     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1845     .PP
1846     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1847     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1848     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1849     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1850     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1851     .PP
1852     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1853     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1854     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1855     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1856     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1857     .PP
1858     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1859     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1860     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1861 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1862 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1863     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1864     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1865     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1866     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1867     .PP
1868     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1869 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1870 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1871     reuse the same code path.
1872     .PP
1873 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1874     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1875     .PP
1876 root 1.111 Some backends (epoll, kqueue, probably linuxaio) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR
1877     at all or exhibit useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs
1878     to be told about it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the
1879     child.
1880 root 1.54 .PP
1881 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1882     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1883     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1884 root 1.54 .PP
1885 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1886     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1887     .PP
1888 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1889     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1890 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1891 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1892 root 1.63 .PP
1893     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1894 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1895 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1896     .PP
1897 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1898 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1899     .PP
1900 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1901 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1902     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1903     .PP
1904     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1905     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1906     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1907     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1908     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1909     .PP
1910     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1911     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1912     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1913     cope with overload is known (to me).
1914     .PP
1915     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1916     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1917     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1918     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1919     .PP
1920     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1921     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1922     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1923     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1924     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1925     usage.
1926     .PP
1927     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1928     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1929     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1930     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1931     clients under typical overload conditions.
1932     .PP
1933     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1934     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1935     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1936     .PP
1937 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1938     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1939 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1940     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1941     .PD 0
1942     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1943     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1944     .PD
1945 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1946 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1947     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1948 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1949     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1950     The file descriptor being watched.
1951     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1952     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1953     The events being watched.
1954 root 1.9 .PP
1955 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1956     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1957     .PP
1958 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1959 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1960 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1961 root 1.9 .PP
1962     .Vb 6
1963 root 1.68 \& static void
1964 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1965 root 1.68 \& {
1966     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1967 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1968 root 1.68 \& }
1969     \&
1970     \& ...
1971     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1972 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1973 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1974     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1975 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1976 root 1.9 .Ve
1977 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1978     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1979 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1980 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1981     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1982     .PP
1983     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1984 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1985 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1986 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1987 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1988     .PP
1989 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1990 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1991 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1992     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1993     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1994     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1995     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1996 root 1.71 .PP
1997 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1998     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1999     .PP
2000     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
2001     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
2002     you want to raise some error after a while.
2003     .PP
2004     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
2005     inefficient to smart and efficient.
2006     .PP
2007     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
2008     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
2009     data or other life sign was received).
2010     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
2011     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
2012     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
2013     start the watcher:
2014     .Sp
2015     .Vb 2
2016     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
2017     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2018     .Ve
2019     .Sp
2020     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
2021     and start it again:
2022     .Sp
2023     .Vb 3
2024     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
2025     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
2026     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2027     .Ve
2028     .Sp
2029     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
2030     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
2031     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
2032     still not a constant-time operation.
2033     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
2034     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
2035     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
2036     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
2037     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2038     .Sp
2039     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
2040     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
2041     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
2042     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
2043     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
2044     .Sp
2045     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
2046     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2047     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
2048     .Sp
2049     At start:
2050     .Sp
2051     .Vb 3
2052 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2053 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
2054     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2055     .Ve
2056     .Sp
2057     Each time there is some activity:
2058     .Sp
2059     .Vb 1
2060     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2061     .Ve
2062     .Sp
2063     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2064     whether the watcher is active or not:
2065     .Sp
2066     .Vb 2
2067     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2068     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2069     .Ve
2070     .Sp
2071     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2072     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2073     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2074     .Sp
2075     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2076     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2077     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2078     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2079     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2080     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2081     associated activity resets.
2082     .Sp
2083     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2084     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2085     within the callback:
2086     .Sp
2087 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2088     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2089 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2090 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2091 root 1.73 \&
2092     \& static void
2093     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2094     \& {
2095 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2096     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2097 root 1.73 \&
2098 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2099 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2100 root 1.73 \& {
2101 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2102 root 1.73 \& }
2103     \& else
2104     \& {
2105 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2106     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2107     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2108     \& // the timeout can occur.
2109     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2110     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2111 root 1.73 \& }
2112     \& }
2113     .Ve
2114     .Sp
2115 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2116     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2117     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2118     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2119     .Sp
2120     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2121     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2122     .Sp
2123     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2124     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2125     .Sp
2126     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2127 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2128 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2129 root 1.73 .Sp
2130     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2131     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2132     libev to change the timeout.
2133     .Sp
2134 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2135     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2136     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2137     the timer:
2138 root 1.73 .Sp
2139     .Vb 3
2140 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2141     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2142     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2143 root 1.73 .Ve
2144     .Sp
2145 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2146 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2147     .Sp
2148 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2149     \& if (activity detected)
2150     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2151     .Ve
2152     .Sp
2153     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2154     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2155 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2156 root 1.88 .Sp
2157     .Vb 3
2158     \& timeout = new_value;
2159     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2160     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2161 root 1.73 .Ve
2162     .Sp
2163     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2164     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2165     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2166     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2167     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2168     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2169     do even better:
2170     .Sp
2171     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2172     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2173     .Sp
2174     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2175     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2176     .Sp
2177     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2178     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2179     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2180     .Sp
2181     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2182     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2183     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2184     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2185     .PP
2186     So which method the best?
2187     .PP
2188     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2189     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2190     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2191     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2192     .PP
2193     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2194     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2195     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2196     overkill :)
2197     .PP
2198 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2199     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2200     .PP
2201     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2202     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2203     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2204     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2205     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2206     .PP
2207     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2208     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2209     .PP
2210     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2211     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2212     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2213     expect.
2214     .PP
2215     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2216     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2217     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2218     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2219     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2220     .PP
2221     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2222     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2223     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2224     intentions.
2225     .PP
2226     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2227     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2228     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2229     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2230     .PP
2231     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2232     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2233     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2234     late\*(R" side of things.
2235     .PP
2236 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2237     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2238     .PP
2239 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2240     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2241 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2242 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2243     lots of events in one iteration.
2244     .PP
2245 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2246     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2247 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2248 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2249 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2250     for it:
2251 root 1.1 .PP
2252     .Vb 1
2253 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2254 root 1.1 .Ve
2255 root 1.2 .PP
2256 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2257     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2258 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2259     further into the future.
2260 root 1.50 .PP
2261 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2262     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2263     .PP
2264     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2265     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2266     jumps).
2267     .PP
2268     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2269     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2270     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2271     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2272     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2273     .PP
2274     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2275     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2276     a second or so.
2277     .PP
2278     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2279     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2280     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2281     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2282     .PP
2283     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2284     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2285     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2286     .PP
2287     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2288     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2289     exactly the right behaviour.
2290     .PP
2291     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2292     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2293     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2294     .PP
2295 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2296     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2297     .PP
2298     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2299     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2300     .PP
2301     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2302     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2303     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2304     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2305     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2306     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2307     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2308     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2309     be adjusted accordingly.
2310     .PP
2311     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2312     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2313     .PP
2314     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2315     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2316     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2317     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2318     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2319     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2320     .PP
2321     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2322     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2323     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2324     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2325     .PP
2326 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2327     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2328 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2329     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2330     .PD 0
2331     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2332     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2333     .PD
2334 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2335     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2336     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2337     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2338     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2339 root 1.67 .Sp
2340     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2341     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2342     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2343     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2344     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2345 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2346     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2347 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2348     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2349     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2350 root 1.1 .Sp
2351 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2352     applied to the watcher:
2353     .RS 4
2354     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2355     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2356     .PD 0
2357     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2358     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2359     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2360     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2361     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2362     .RE
2363     .RS 4
2364     .PD
2365 root 1.1 .Sp
2366 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2367     usage example.
2368 root 1.88 .RE
2369 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2370     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2371 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2372     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2373     the timeout value currently configured.
2374     .Sp
2375     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2376 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2377 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2378     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2379     too), and so on.
2380 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2381     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2382     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2383 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2384 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2385 root 1.9 .PP
2386 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2387     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2388     .PP
2389 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2390 root 1.9 .PP
2391     .Vb 5
2392 root 1.68 \& static void
2393 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2394 root 1.68 \& {
2395     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2396     \& }
2397     \&
2398 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2399 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2400     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2401 root 1.9 .Ve
2402     .PP
2403 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2404 root 1.9 inactivity.
2405     .PP
2406     .Vb 5
2407 root 1.68 \& static void
2408 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2409 root 1.68 \& {
2410     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2411     \& }
2412     \&
2413 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2414 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2415     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2416 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2417 root 1.68 \&
2418     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2419     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2420     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2421 root 1.9 .Ve
2422 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2423     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2424 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2425 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2426     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2427     .PP
2428 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2429     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2430 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2431 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2432     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2433     wrist-watch).
2434     .PP
2435     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2436     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2437     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2438     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2439     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2440     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2441     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2442     .PP
2443     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2444     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2445 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2446     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2447 root 1.2 .PP
2448 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2449 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2450     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2451     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2452 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2453 root 1.50 .PP
2454     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2455     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2456 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2457     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2458 root 1.1 .PD 0
2459 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2460     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2461 root 1.1 .PD
2462 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2463 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2464 root 1.1 .RS 4
2465 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2466 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2467 root 1.60 .Sp
2468 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2469 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2470     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2471     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2472     this point in time.
2473 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2474 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2475 root 1.60 .Sp
2476 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2477 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2478     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2479     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2480 root 1.1 .Sp
2481 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2482 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2483     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2484 root 1.1 .Sp
2485     .Vb 1
2486     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2487     .Ve
2488     .Sp
2489     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2490 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2491 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2492     by 3600.
2493     .Sp
2494     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2495     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2496 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2497 root 1.46 .Sp
2498 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2499     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2500     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2501     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2502     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2503     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2504 root 1.67 .Sp
2505 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2506 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2507 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2508 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2509 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2510 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2511 root 1.60 .Sp
2512 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2513 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2514     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2515     current time as second argument.
2516     .Sp
2517 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2518 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2519     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2520 root 1.67 .Sp
2521     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2522     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2523     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2524 root 1.1 .Sp
2525 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2526 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2527 root 1.1 .Sp
2528 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2529     \& static ev_tstamp
2530     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2531 root 1.1 \& {
2532     \& return now + 60.;
2533     \& }
2534     .Ve
2535     .Sp
2536     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2537     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2538     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2539     might be called at other times, too.
2540     .Sp
2541 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2542 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2543 root 1.1 .Sp
2544     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2545 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2546     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2547     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2548     do this:
2549     .Sp
2550     .Vb 1
2551     \& #include <time.h>
2552     \&
2553     \& static ev_tstamp
2554     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2555     \& {
2556     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2557     \& struct tm tm;
2558     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2559     \&
2560     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2561     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2562     \&
2563     \& return mktime (&tm);
2564     \& }
2565     .Ve
2566     .Sp
2567     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2568     midnights (beginning and end).
2569 root 1.1 .RE
2570     .RS 4
2571     .RE
2572     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2573     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2574     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2575     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2576     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2577     program when the crontabs have changed).
2578 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2579     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2580 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2581     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2582     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2583     rescheduling modes.
2584 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2585     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2586     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2587 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2588     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2589 root 1.46 .Sp
2590     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2591     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2592 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2593     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2594     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2595     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2596     called.
2597 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2598     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2599 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2600     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2601     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2602 root 1.9 .PP
2603 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2604     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2605     .PP
2606 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2607 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2608 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2609 root 1.9 .PP
2610     .Vb 5
2611 root 1.68 \& static void
2612 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2613 root 1.68 \& {
2614     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2615     \& }
2616     \&
2617 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2618 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2619     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2620 root 1.9 .Ve
2621     .PP
2622 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2623 root 1.9 .PP
2624     .Vb 1
2625 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2626 root 1.60 \&
2627 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2628 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2629 root 1.68 \& {
2630 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2631 root 1.68 \& }
2632 root 1.60 \&
2633 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2634 root 1.9 .Ve
2635     .PP
2636 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2637 root 1.9 .PP
2638     .Vb 4
2639 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2640 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2641     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2642     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2643 root 1.9 .Ve
2644 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2645     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2646 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2647 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2648     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2649 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2650 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2651     .PP
2652 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2653     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2654     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2655     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2656     .PP
2657     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2658     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2659     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2660     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2661     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2662 root 1.71 .PP
2663 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2664     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2665     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2666 root 1.80 .PP
2667 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2668 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2669     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2670     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2671     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2672 root 1.61 .PP
2673 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2674     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2675     .PP
2676     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2677     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2678     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2679 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2680     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2681 root 1.81 .PP
2682     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2683     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2684     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2685     certain signals to be blocked.
2686     .PP
2687     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2688     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2689     choice usually).
2690     .PP
2691     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2692     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2693     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2694     .PP
2695     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2696 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2697 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2698     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2699     .PP
2700     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2701     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2702     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2703     .PP
2704 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2705     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2706     .PP
2707     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2708     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2709     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2710     .PP
2711     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2712     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2713     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2714     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2715     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2716     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2717     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2718     .PP
2719 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2720     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2721 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2722     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2723     .PD 0
2724     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2725     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2726     .PD
2727     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2728     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2729 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2730     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2731     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2732 root 1.61 .PP
2733     \fIExamples\fR
2734     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2735     .PP
2736 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2737 root 1.61 .PP
2738     .Vb 5
2739 root 1.68 \& static void
2740 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2741 root 1.68 \& {
2742 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2743 root 1.68 \& }
2744     \&
2745 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2746 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2747 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2748 root 1.61 .Ve
2749 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2750     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2751 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2752 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2753 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2754     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2755     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2756     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2757     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2758 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2759     in the next callback invocation is not.
2760 root 1.61 .PP
2761     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2762 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2763 root 1.61 .PP
2764 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2765     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2766     libev)
2767     .PP
2768 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2769     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2770     .PP
2771     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2772 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2773     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2774 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2775     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2776     children, even ones not watched.
2777     .PP
2778     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2779     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2780     .PP
2781     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2782     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2783     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2784     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2785     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2786     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2787     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2788 root 1.50 .PP
2789 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2790     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2791     .PP
2792     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2793     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2794     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2795 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2796     problem).
2797 root 1.71 .PP
2798 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2799     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2800 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2801     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2802 root 1.1 .PD 0
2803 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2804     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2805 root 1.1 .PD
2806     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2807     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2808     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2809     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2810     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2811 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2812     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2813     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2814 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2815     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2816     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2817     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2818     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2819     The process id that detected a status change.
2820     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2821     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2822     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2823     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2824 root 1.9 .PP
2825 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2826     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2827     .PP
2828 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2829     its completion.
2830 root 1.9 .PP
2831 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2832 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2833 root 1.61 \&
2834 root 1.68 \& static void
2835 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2836 root 1.68 \& {
2837     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2838     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2839     \& }
2840     \&
2841     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2842     \&
2843     \& if (pid < 0)
2844     \& // error
2845     \& else if (pid == 0)
2846     \& {
2847     \& // the forked child executes here
2848     \& exit (1);
2849     \& }
2850     \& else
2851     \& {
2852     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2853     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2854     \& }
2855 root 1.9 .Ve
2856 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2857     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2858 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2859 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2860 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2861 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2862     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2863     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2864 root 1.22 .PP
2865     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2866 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2867     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2868     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2869     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2870     contents.
2871 root 1.22 .PP
2872 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2873     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2874     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2875     .PP
2876     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2877     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2878     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2879     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2880     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2881     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2882     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2883     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2884 root 1.22 .PP
2885     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2886     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2887 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2888 root 1.22 .PP
2889 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2890 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2891     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2892     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2893 root 1.50 .PP
2894 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2895     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2896     .PP
2897     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2898 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2899     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2900 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2901     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2902     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2903 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2904 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2905 root 1.69 .PP
2906     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2907     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2908     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2909     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2910     default compilation environment.
2911 root 1.63 .PP
2912 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2913     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2914 root 1.59 .PP
2915 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2916     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2917     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2918     watcher is being started.
2919 root 1.59 .PP
2920 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2921 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2922 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2923 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2924 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2925     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2926     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2927     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2928 root 1.59 .PP
2929 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2930 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2931 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2932     etc. is difficult.
2933 root 1.59 .PP
2934 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2935     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2936     .PP
2937     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2938     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2939     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2940     .PP
2941     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2942     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2943 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2944 root 1.74 watcher).
2945     .PP
2946     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2947     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2948     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2949     .PP
2950     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2951     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2952     .PP
2953 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2954     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2955     .PP
2956 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2957     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2958     still only support whole seconds.
2959 root 1.59 .PP
2960 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2961     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2962     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2963 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2964     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2965 root 1.65 .PP
2966     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2967 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2968 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2969     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2970     .PP
2971     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2972     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2973     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2974     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2975     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2976     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2977     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2978     the timer callback).
2979 root 1.59 .PP
2980 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2981     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2982 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2983     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2984     .PD 0
2985     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2986     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2987     .PD
2988     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2989     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2990     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2991     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2992     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2993     .Sp
2994 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2995     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2996     last change was detected).
2997 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2998     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2999 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
3000 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
3001     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
3002     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
3003     new values.
3004 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
3005     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
3006 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
3007 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
3008 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
3009     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
3010     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
3011 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
3012     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
3013     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
3014 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
3015     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
3016     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
3017 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
3018     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
3019     The specified interval.
3020     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
3021     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
3022 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
3023 root 1.22 .PP
3024 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
3025     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3026     .PP
3027 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
3028     .PP
3029 root 1.60 .Vb 10
3030 root 1.68 \& static void
3031     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
3032     \& {
3033     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
3034     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
3035     \& {
3036     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
3037     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3038     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3039     \& }
3040     \& else
3041     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
3042     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
3043     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
3044     \& }
3045 root 1.60 \&
3046 root 1.68 \& ...
3047     \& ev_stat passwd;
3048 root 1.60 \&
3049 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3050     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3051 root 1.22 .Ve
3052 root 1.59 .PP
3053     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
3054     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
3055     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3056     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3057     .PP
3058     .Vb 2
3059 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3060     \& static ev_timer timer;
3061 root 1.60 \&
3062 root 1.68 \& static void
3063     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3064     \& {
3065     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3066     \&
3067     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3068     \& }
3069     \&
3070     \& static void
3071     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3072     \& {
3073     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3074     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3075     \& }
3076     \&
3077     \& ...
3078     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3079     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3080     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3081 root 1.59 .Ve
3082 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3083     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3084 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3085 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3086 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3087     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3088 root 1.37 .PP
3089     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3090     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3091     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3092     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3093     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3094     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3095 root 1.1 .PP
3096     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3097     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3098     .PP
3099     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3100     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3101 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3102 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3103 root 1.50 .PP
3104 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3105     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3106     .PP
3107     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3108     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3109     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3110     lowest priority will do.
3111     .PP
3112     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3113     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3114     between different connections.
3115     .PP
3116     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3117     example.
3118     .PP
3119 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3120     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3121 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3122     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3123 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3124     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3125     believe me.
3126 root 1.9 .PP
3127 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3128     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3129     .PP
3130 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3131     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3132 root 1.9 .PP
3133 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3134 root 1.68 \& static void
3135 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3136 root 1.68 \& {
3137 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3138     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3139     \&
3140     \& // now we can free it
3141 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3142 root 1.93 \&
3143 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3144     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3145     \& }
3146     \&
3147 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3148 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3149 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3150 root 1.9 .Ve
3151 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3152     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3153 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3154 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3155 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3156     afterwards.
3157     .PP
3158 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3159     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3160     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3161     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3162     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3163     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3164     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3165 root 1.20 .PP
3166 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3167 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3168 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3169 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3170     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3171     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3172     watcher).
3173 root 1.1 .PP
3174 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3175     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3176     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3177     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3178     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3179     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3180     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3181     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3182 root 1.1 .PP
3183     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3184     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3185     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3186     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3187     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3188     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3189     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3190     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3191 root 1.45 .PP
3192 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3193     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3194     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3195     watchers).
3196 root 1.71 .PP
3197     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3198     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3199     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3200     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3201     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3202     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3203     others).
3204 root 1.50 .PP
3205 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3206     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3207     .PP
3208     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3209     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3210     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3211     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3212     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3213     connections have a chance of making progress.
3214     .PP
3215     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3216     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3217     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3218     .PP
3219     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3220     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3221     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3222     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3223     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3224     .PP
3225 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3226     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3227 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3228     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3229     .PD 0
3230     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3231     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3232     .PD
3233     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3234     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3235 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3236     pointless.
3237 root 1.9 .PP
3238 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3239     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3240     .PP
3241 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3242     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3243     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3244 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3245     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3246     Glib event loop).
3247 root 1.44 .PP
3248     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3249     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3250     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3251     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3252     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3253 root 1.20 .PP
3254     .Vb 2
3255 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3256     \& static ev_timer tw;
3257     \&
3258     \& static void
3259 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3260 root 1.68 \& {
3261     \& }
3262     \&
3263     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3264     \& static void
3265 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3266 root 1.68 \& {
3267     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3268     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3269     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3270     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3271     \&
3272     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3273 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3274 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3275 root 1.60 \&
3276 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3277     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3278     \& {
3279     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3280     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3281     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3282     \&
3283     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3284     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3285     \& }
3286     \& }
3287     \&
3288     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3289     \& static void
3290 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3291 root 1.68 \& {
3292     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3293     \&
3294     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3295     \& {
3296     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3297     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3298     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3299     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3300     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3301     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3302 root 1.60 \&
3303 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3304     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3305     \& }
3306     \&
3307     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3308     \& }
3309 root 1.20 .Ve
3310 root 1.44 .PP
3311     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3312     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3313     .PP
3314     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3315 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3316 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3317     .PP
3318     .Vb 5
3319 root 1.68 \& static void
3320     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3321     \& {
3322     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3323     \& update_now (EV_A);
3324     \&
3325     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3326     \& }
3327     \&
3328     \& static void
3329     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3330     \& {
3331     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3332     \& update_now (EV_A);
3333 root 1.60 \&
3334 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3335     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3336     \& }
3337     \&
3338     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3339 root 1.44 .Ve
3340     .PP
3341     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3342 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3343     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3344 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3345 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3346     libglib event loop.
3347 root 1.44 .PP
3348     .Vb 4
3349 root 1.68 \& static gint
3350     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3351     \& {
3352     \& int got_events = 0;
3353     \&
3354     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3355     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3356     \&
3357     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3358     \& // create/start timer
3359     \&
3360     \& // poll
3361 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3362 root 1.68 \&
3363     \& // stop timer again
3364     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3365     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3366 root 1.60 \&
3367 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3368     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3369     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3370     \&
3371     \& return got_events;
3372     \& }
3373 root 1.44 .Ve
3374 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3375     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3376 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3377 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3378 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3379     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3380 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3381 root 1.10 .PP
3382     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3383     prioritise I/O.
3384     .PP
3385     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3386     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3387     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3388 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3389     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3390     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3391     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3392     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3393     .PP
3394     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3395     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3396     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3397     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3398     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3399 root 1.10 .PP
3400 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3401     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3402     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3403     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3404     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3405     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3406     .PP
3407     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3408     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3409     .PP
3410     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3411     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3412     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3413     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3414 root 1.10 .PP
3415 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3416 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3417     portable one.
3418     .PP
3419     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3420     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3421     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3422 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3423 root 1.50 .PP
3424 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3425     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3426     .PP
3427     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3428     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3429     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3430     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3431     as applicable.
3432     .PP
3433 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3434     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3435 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3436     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3437 root 1.10 .PD 0
3438 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3439     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3440 root 1.10 .PD
3441 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3442     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3443     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3444     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3445 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3446 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3447     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3448     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3449 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3450 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3451 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3452     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3453 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3454 root 1.60 .PP
3455     \fIExamples\fR
3456     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3457     .PP
3458     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3459     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3460 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3461     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3462 root 1.60 used).
3463     .PP
3464     .Vb 3
3465 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3466     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3467 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3468 root 1.102 \&
3469 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3470     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3471     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3472     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3473     \& : 0;
3474     \&
3475     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3476     \& if (loop_lo)
3477     \& {
3478     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3479     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3480     \& }
3481     \& else
3482     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3483 root 1.60 .Ve
3484     .PP
3485     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3486     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3487     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3488     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3489     .PP
3490     .Vb 3
3491 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3492     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3493 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3494 root 1.102 \&
3495 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3496     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3497     \& {
3498     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3499     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3500     \& }
3501 root 1.60 \&
3502 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3503     \& loop_socket = loop;
3504 root 1.60 \&
3505 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3506 root 1.60 .Ve
3507 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3508     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3509 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3510     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3511     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3512 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3513     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3514     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3515     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3516     of course.
3517 root 1.51 .PP
3518 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3519     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3520     .PP
3521 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3522 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3523     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3524     .PP
3525     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3526     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3527     fork.
3528     .PP
3529     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3530     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3531     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3532     .PP
3533     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3534     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3535     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3536     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3537     .PP
3538     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3539     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3540     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3541     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3542     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3543     signal watchers).
3544     .PP
3545     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3546     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3547 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3548     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3549     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3550     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3551     signal watchers.
3552 root 1.78 .PP
3553 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3554     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3555 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3556     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3557 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3558     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3559 root 1.82 really.
3560     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3561     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3562     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3563     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3564     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3565     .PP
3566     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3567     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3568     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3569     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3570     .PP
3571     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3572     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3573     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3574     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3575     .PP
3576     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3577     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3578     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3579     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3580     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3581     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3582     pointless, I assure you.
3583     .PP
3584     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3585     cleanup functions are called.
3586     .PP
3587     .Vb 5
3588     \& static void
3589     \& program_exits (void)
3590     \& {
3591     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3592     \& }
3593     \&
3594     \& ...
3595     \& atexit (program_exits);
3596     .Ve
3597     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3598     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3599     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3600 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3601 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3602     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3603     .PP
3604 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3605     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3606     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3607     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3608 root 1.61 .PP
3609     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3610     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3611     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3612 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3613 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3614     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3615     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3616 root 1.61 .PP
3617     \fIQueueing\fR
3618     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3619     .PP
3620     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3621     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3622     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3623 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3624     semantics.
3625 root 1.61 .PP
3626     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3627 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3628 root 1.61 queue:
3629     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3630     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3631     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3632 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3633     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3634 root 1.61 .Sp
3635     .Vb 1
3636     \& static ev_async mysig;
3637     \&
3638     \& static void
3639     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3640     \& {
3641     \& sometype data;
3642     \&
3643     \& // no locking etc.
3644     \& queue_put (data);
3645     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3646     \& }
3647     \&
3648     \& static void
3649     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3650     \& {
3651     \& sometype data;
3652     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3653     \&
3654     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3655     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3656     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3657     \&
3658     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3659     \& process (data);
3660     \&
3661     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3662     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3663     \& }
3664     .Ve
3665     .Sp
3666     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3667     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3668     either...).
3669     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3670     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3671     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3672     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3673     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3674     .Sp
3675     .Vb 2
3676     \& static ev_async mysig;
3677     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3678     \&
3679     \& static void
3680     \& otherthread (void)
3681     \& {
3682     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3683     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3684     \& queue_put (data);
3685     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3686     \&
3687     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3688     \& }
3689     \&
3690     \& static void
3691     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3692     \& {
3693     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3694     \&
3695     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3696     \& process (data);
3697     \&
3698     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3699     \& }
3700     .Ve
3701     .PP
3702     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3703     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3704     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3705     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3706     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3707 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3708 root 1.71 trust me.
3709 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3710     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3711     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3712 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3713     returns.
3714     .Sp
3715     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3716     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3717     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3718 root 1.61 .Sp
3719 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3720 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3721     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3722     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3723     .Sp
3724     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3725     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3726     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3727     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3728     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3729     zero) under load.
3730 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3731     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3732     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3733     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3734     event loop.
3735     .Sp
3736     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3737     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3738     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3739 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3740 root 1.63 .Sp
3741 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3742     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3743     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3744     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3745 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3746     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3747     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3748 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3749     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3750 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3751 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3752 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3753     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3754     more watchers yourself.
3755     .Sp
3756 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3757     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3758     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3759 root 1.1 .Sp
3760     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3761     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3762 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3763 root 1.1 .Sp
3764 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3765 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3766 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3767 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3768     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3769     events precedence.
3770     .Sp
3771 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3772 root 1.1 .Sp
3773     .Vb 7
3774 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3775     \& {
3776 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3777     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3778 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3779 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3780     \& }
3781 root 1.60 \&
3782 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3783 root 1.1 .Ve
3784 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3785     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3786 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3787 root 1.88 the given events.
3788 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3789     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3790 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3791     which is async-safe.
3792     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3793     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3794     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3795     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3796     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3797 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3798 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3799     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3800     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3801     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3802     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3803     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3804     data:
3805     .PP
3806     .Vb 7
3807     \& struct my_io
3808     \& {
3809     \& ev_io io;
3810     \& int otherfd;
3811     \& void *somedata;
3812     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3813     \& };
3814     \&
3815     \& ...
3816     \& struct my_io w;
3817     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3818     .Ve
3819     .PP
3820     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3821     can cast it back to your own type:
3822     .PP
3823     .Vb 5
3824     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3825     \& {
3826     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3827     \& ...
3828     \& }
3829     .Ve
3830     .PP
3831     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3832     function type instead have been omitted.
3833 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3834 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3835     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3836     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3837     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3838     .PP
3839     .Vb 6
3840     \& struct my_biggy
3841     \& {
3842     \& int some_data;
3843     \& ev_timer t1;
3844     \& ev_timer t2;
3845     \& }
3846     .Ve
3847     .PP
3848     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3849     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3850     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3851     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3852     real programmers):
3853     .PP
3854     .Vb 1
3855     \& #include <stddef.h>
3856     \&
3857     \& static void
3858     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3859     \& {
3860     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3861     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3862     \& }
3863     \&
3864     \& static void
3865     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3866     \& {
3867     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3868     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3869     \& }
3870     .Ve
3871 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3872 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3873     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3874     .PP
3875     .Vb 4
3876     \& callback ()
3877     \& {
3878     \& free (request);
3879     \& }
3880     \&
3881     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3882     .Ve
3883     .PP
3884     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3885     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3886     .PP
3887     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3888     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3889     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3890     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3891     .PP
3892     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3893     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3894     .PP
3895     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3896     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3897     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3898     already been invoked.
3899     .PP
3900     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3901     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3902     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3903 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3904     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3905     pushing it into the pending queue:
3906 root 1.88 .PP
3907     .Vb 2
3908     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3909     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3910     .Ve
3911     .PP
3912     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3913     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3914 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3915 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3916     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3917     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3918     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3919     .PP
3920     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3921     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3922     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3923     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3924 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3925 root 1.85 .PP
3926     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3927     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3928     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3929     .PP
3930     .Vb 2
3931     \& // main loop
3932     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3933     \&
3934     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3935     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3936     \&
3937 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3938 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3939     \&
3940     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3941     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3942     .Ve
3943     .PP
3944     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3945     .PP
3946     .Vb 2
3947     \& // exit modal loop
3948     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3949     \&
3950     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3951     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3952     \&
3953     \& // exit both
3954     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3955     .Ve
3956 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3957 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3958     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3959     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3960     created/added/removed.
3961     .PP
3962     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3963     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3964     languages).
3965     .PP
3966     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3967     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3968     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3969     .PP
3970     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3971     .PP
3972     .Vb 6
3973     \& typedef struct {
3974     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3975     \& ev_async async_w;
3976     \& thread_t tid;
3977     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3978     \& } userdata;
3979     \&
3980     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3981     \& {
3982     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3983     \& static userdata u;
3984     \&
3985     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3986     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3987     \&
3988     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3989     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3990     \&
3991     \& // now associate this with the loop
3992     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3993     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3994     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3995     \&
3996 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3997 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3998     \& }
3999     .Ve
4000     .PP
4001     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
4002     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
4003     that might have been added:
4004     .PP
4005     .Vb 5
4006     \& static void
4007     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4008     \& {
4009     \& // just used for the side effects
4010     \& }
4011     .Ve
4012     .PP
4013     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4014     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4015     .PP
4016     .Vb 6
4017     \& static void
4018     \& l_release (EV_P)
4019     \& {
4020     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4021     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4022     \& }
4023     \&
4024     \& static void
4025     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4026     \& {
4027     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4028     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4029     \& }
4030     .Ve
4031     .PP
4032     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4033     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4034     .PP
4035     .Vb 4
4036     \& void *
4037     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4038     \& {
4039     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4040     \&
4041     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4042     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4043     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4044     \& l_release (EV_A);
4045     \&
4046     \& return 0;
4047     \& }
4048     .Ve
4049     .PP
4050     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4051     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4052     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4053     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4054     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4055     watchers is very beneficial):
4056     .PP
4057     .Vb 4
4058     \& static void
4059     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4060     \& {
4061     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4062     \&
4063     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4064     \& {
4065     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4066     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4067     \& }
4068     \& }
4069     .Ve
4070     .PP
4071     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4072     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4073     thread to continue:
4074     .PP
4075     .Vb 4
4076     \& static void
4077     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4078     \& {
4079     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4080     \&
4081     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4082     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4083     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4084     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4085     \& }
4086     .Ve
4087     .PP
4088     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4089     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4090     .PP
4091     .Vb 2
4092     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4093     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4094     \&
4095     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4096     \&
4097     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4098     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4099     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4100     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4101     .Ve
4102     .PP
4103     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4104     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4105     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4106     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4107 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4108 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4109     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4110     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4111     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4112     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4113     .PP
4114     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4115     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4116     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4117     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4118     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4119     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4120     .PP
4121     .Vb 2
4122     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4123     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4124     .Ve
4125     .PP
4126     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4127     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4128     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4129     .PP
4130     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4131     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4132     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4133     called):
4134     .PP
4135     .Vb 6
4136     \& void
4137     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4138     \& {
4139 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4140 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4141     \& }
4142     .Ve
4143     .PP
4144     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4145     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4146 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4147 root 1.85 .PP
4148     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4149     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4150     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4151     any waiters.
4152     .PP
4153 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4154 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4155     .PP
4156     .Vb 4
4157     \& // my_ev.h
4158     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4159 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4160 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4161     \&
4162     \& // my_ev.c
4163     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4164     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4165     .Ve
4166     .PP
4167     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4168     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4169     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4170 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4171     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4172     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4173     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4174 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4175 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4176     .Sp
4177     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4178     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4179     .IP "\(bu" 4
4180 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4181     .IP "\(bu" 4
4182     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4183     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4184     .IP "\(bu" 4
4185     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4186     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4187     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4188     .IP "\(bu" 4
4189     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4190     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4191     is an ev_pri field.
4192     .IP "\(bu" 4
4193 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4194 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4195 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4196 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4197     .IP "\(bu" 4
4198     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4199     to use the libev header file and library.
4200 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4201     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4202 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4203     .IX Subsection "C API"
4204     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4205     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4206     will work fine.
4207     .PP
4208     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4209 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4210     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4211     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4212     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4213     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4214 root 1.92 .PP
4215     .Vb 6
4216     \& static void
4217 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4218 root 1.92 \& {
4219     \& perror (msg);
4220     \& abort ();
4221     \& }
4222     \&
4223     \& ...
4224     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4225     .Ve
4226     .PP
4227     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4228 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4229 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4230     .PP
4231     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4232     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4233     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4234     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4235     .IX Subsection " API"
4236 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4237 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4238 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4239     .PP
4240     To use it,
4241     .PP
4242     .Vb 1
4243 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4244 root 1.13 .Ve
4245     .PP
4246 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4247     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4248     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4249     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4250     .PP
4251 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4252     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4253     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4254     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4255 root 1.41 .PP
4256 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4257     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4258     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4259     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4260     (preferably after implementing it).
4261 root 1.13 .PP
4262 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4263     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4264     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4265     .PP
4266 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4267 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4268 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4269     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4270     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4271     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4272 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4273 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4274     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4275     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4276 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4277 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4278     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4279     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4280     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4281     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4282 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4283 root 1.13 .Sp
4284     All of those classes have these methods:
4285     .RS 4
4286 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4287     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4288 root 1.13 .PD 0
4289 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4290     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4291 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4292     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4293     .PD
4294 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4295     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4296     .Sp
4297     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4298     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4299     .Sp
4300     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4301     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4302     .Sp
4303     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4304     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4305 root 1.13 .Sp
4306     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4307 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4308     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4309     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4310     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4311     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4312     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4313     .Sp
4314     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4315     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4316     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4317     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4318     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4319     .Sp
4320     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4321     .Sp
4322     .Vb 4
4323 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4324     \& {
4325     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4326     \& }
4327     \&
4328     \& myclass obj;
4329     \& ev::io iow;
4330     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4331 root 1.41 .Ve
4332 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4333     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4334     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4335     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4336     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4337     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4338     list.
4339     .Sp
4340     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4341     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4342     .Sp
4343     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4344     .Sp
4345     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4346     .Sp
4347     .Vb 7
4348     \& struct myfunctor
4349     \& {
4350     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4351     \& {
4352     \& ...
4353     \& }
4354     \& }
4355 root 1.102 \&
4356 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4357     \&
4358     \& ev::io w;
4359     \& w.set (&f);
4360     .Ve
4361 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4362     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4363 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4364     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4365     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4366     .Sp
4367 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4368     .Sp
4369 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4370 root 1.43 .Sp
4371 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4372 root 1.43 .Sp
4373     .Vb 2
4374 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4375     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4376 root 1.43 .Ve
4377 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4378     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4379 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4380     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4381 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4382     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4383 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4384     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4385     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4386     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4387     method.
4388     .Sp
4389     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4390     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4391 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4392     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4393 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4394     constructor already stores the event loop.
4395 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4396     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4397     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4398     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4399     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4400 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4401     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4402     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4403 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4404 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4405     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4406 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4407     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4408 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4409     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4410     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4411 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4412 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4413     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4414     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4415 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4416 root 1.13 .RE
4417     .RS 4
4418     .RE
4419     .PP
4420 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4421     watchers in the constructor.
4422 root 1.13 .PP
4423 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4424 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4425     \& {
4426 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4427 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4428 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4429 root 1.68 \&
4430     \& myclass (int fd)
4431     \& {
4432     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4433 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4434 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4435     \&
4436 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4437     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4438     \&
4439     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4440 root 1.68 \& }
4441     \& };
4442 root 1.13 .Ve
4443 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4444     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4445     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4446 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4447 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4448     me a note.
4449     .IP "Perl" 4
4450     .IX Item "Perl"
4451     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4452     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4453     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4454 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4455     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4456     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4457 root 1.62 .Sp
4458 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4459 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4460 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4461     .IX Item "Python"
4462     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4463 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4464 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4465     .IX Item "Ruby"
4466     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4467 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4468 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4469     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4470 root 1.75 .Sp
4471     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4472     makes rev work even on mingw.
4473 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4474     .IX Item "Haskell"
4475     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4476 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4477 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4478     .IX Item "D"
4479     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4480 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4481 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4482     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4483     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4484 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4485 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4486     .IX Item "Lua"
4487 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4488     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4489 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4490 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4491     .IX Item "Javascript"
4492     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4493     .IP "Others" 4
4494     .IX Item "Others"
4495     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4496 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4497     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4498 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4499 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4500     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4501 root 1.24 .PP
4502     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4503     following macros are defined:
4504 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4505 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4506     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4507     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4508     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4509     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4510     .Sp
4511     .Vb 3
4512 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4513     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4514 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4515 root 1.24 .Ve
4516     .Sp
4517     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4518     which is often provided by the following macro.
4519 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4520 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4521     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4522     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4523     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4524     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4525     .Sp
4526     .Vb 2
4527 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4528     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4529 root 1.60 \&
4530 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4531     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4532 root 1.24 .Ve
4533     .Sp
4534     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4535     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4536 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4537 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4538     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4539     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4540 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4541     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4542     .Sp
4543     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4544     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4545 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4546 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4547     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4548     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4549     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4550     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4551     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4552     .Sp
4553     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4554     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4555 root 1.24 .PP
4556 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4557 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4558 root 1.36 or not.
4559 root 1.24 .PP
4560     .Vb 5
4561 root 1.68 \& static void
4562     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4563     \& {
4564     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4565     \& }
4566     \&
4567     \& ev_check check;
4568     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4569     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4570 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4571 root 1.24 .Ve
4572 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4573     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4574     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4575     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4576     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4577 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4578 root 1.14 .PP
4579 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4580 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4581     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4582     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4583 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4584 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4585     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4586 root 1.68 in your application.
4587 root 1.14 .PP
4588 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4589 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4590     .PP
4591     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4592     configuration (no autoconf):
4593     .PP
4594     .Vb 2
4595 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4596     \& #include "ev.c"
4597 root 1.14 .Ve
4598     .PP
4599     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4600     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4601 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4602 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4603     where you can put other configuration options):
4604     .PP
4605     .Vb 2
4606 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4607     \& #include "ev.h"
4608 root 1.14 .Ve
4609     .PP
4610     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4611 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4612 root 1.14 as a bug).
4613     .PP
4614     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4615     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4616     .PP
4617     .Vb 4
4618 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4619     \& ev.c
4620     \& ev_vars.h
4621     \& ev_wrap.h
4622     \&
4623     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4624     \&
4625 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4626     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4627     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4628 root 1.111 \& ev_linuxaio.c only when the linux aio backend is enabled
4629 root 1.107 \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4630     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4631 root 1.14 .Ve
4632     .PP
4633     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4634 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4635 root 1.14 .PP
4636 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4637 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4638     .PP
4639 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4640 root 1.14 .PP
4641     .Vb 1
4642 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4643 root 1.14 .Ve
4644     .PP
4645     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4646     .PP
4647     .Vb 1
4648 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4649 root 1.14 .Ve
4650     .PP
4651 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4652 root 1.14 .PP
4653     You need the following additional files for this:
4654     .PP
4655     .Vb 2
4656 root 1.68 \& event.h
4657     \& event.c
4658 root 1.14 .Ve
4659     .PP
4660 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4661 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4662     .PP
4663 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4664 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4665 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4666     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4667 root 1.14 .PP
4668     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4669     .PP
4670     .Vb 1
4671 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4672 root 1.14 .Ve
4673 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4674 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4675 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4676 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4677     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4678     .PP
4679 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4680 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4681     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4682 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4683 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4684     settings.
4685 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4686 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4687     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4688     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4689     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4690     .Sp
4691     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4692     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4693     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4694     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4695     typedef in that case.
4696     .Sp
4697     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4698     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4699     removed completely.
4700 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4701 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4702 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4703     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4704     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4705     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4706     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4707 root 1.75 .Sp
4708 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4709 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4710 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4711     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4712     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4713     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4714     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4715     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4716     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4717     this.
4718 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4719     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4720     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4721 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4722     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4723     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4724     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4725 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4726 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4727 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4728     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4729     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4730 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4731     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4732     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4733     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4734     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4735     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4736     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4737 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4738     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4739     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4740     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4741     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4742     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4743     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4744     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4745     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4746     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4747 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4748     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4749     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4750     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4751 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4752     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4753     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4754     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4755     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4756     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4757     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4758 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4759     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4760     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4761 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4762 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4763     will not be compiled in.
4764     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4765     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4766     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4767     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4768 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4769     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4770     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4771     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4772     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4773 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4774     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4775     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4776     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4777     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4778     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4779     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4780     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4781     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4782 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4783     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4784 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4785     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4786     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4787     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4788     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4789 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4790     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4791     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4792     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4793     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4794     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4795     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4796     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4797     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4798     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4799     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4800     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4801 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4802     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4803     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4804     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4805     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4806 root 1.95 environments.
4807 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4808     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4809     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4810     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4811     takes precedence over select.
4812     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4813     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4814     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4815     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4816 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4817     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4818     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4819 root 1.111 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_LINUXAIO\s0" 4
4820     .IX Item "EV_USE_LINUXAIO"
4821     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4822     aio backend. Due to it's currenbt limitations it has to be requested
4823     explicitly. If undefined, it will be enabled on linux, otherwise
4824     disabled.
4825 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4826     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4827     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4828     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4829     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4830     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4831     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4832     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4833     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4834 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4835 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4836     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4837     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4838     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4839     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4840     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4841     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4842     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4843     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4844 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4845 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4846     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4847     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4848     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4849 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4850     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4851 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4852     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4853     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4854     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4855     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4856     and makes libev faster.
4857     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4858     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4859 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4860     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4861     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4862     libev faster.
4863 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4864     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4865     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4866 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4867     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4868     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4869     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4870     watchers.
4871 root 1.61 .Sp
4872 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4873 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4874 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4875 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4876 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4877 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4878     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4879 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4880 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4881 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4882     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4883     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4884 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4885 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4886 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4887 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4888 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4889 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4890 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4891     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4892     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4893     around libev functions.
4894     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4895     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4896     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4897     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4898     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4899     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4900     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4901 root 1.88 .Sp
4902     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4903     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4904     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4905 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4906     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4907     .PD 0
4908     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4909     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4910     .PD
4911     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4912     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4913     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4914     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4915     .Sp
4916     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4917     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4918     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4919     fine.
4920     .Sp
4921 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4922 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4923     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4924 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4925     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4926     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4927     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4928     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4929     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4930 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4931 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4932     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4933     that can be enabled on the platform.
4934     .Sp
4935     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4936     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4937     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4938     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4939     backend, use this:
4940     .Sp
4941     .Vb 5
4942     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4943     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4944     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4945     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4946     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4947     .Ve
4948     .Sp
4949     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4950 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4951 root 1.82 .RS 4
4952     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4953     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4954     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4955     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4956     .Sp
4957     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4958     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4959     .Sp
4960     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4961     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4962     assertions.
4963 root 1.91 .Sp
4964     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4965     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4966 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4967     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4968     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4969     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4970     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4971     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4972     runtime.
4973 root 1.91 .Sp
4974     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4975     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4976 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4977     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4978     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4979     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4980     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4981     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4982     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4983     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4984     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4985     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4986     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4987     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4988     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4989     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4990     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4991     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4992     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4993     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4994     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4995     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4996     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4997     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4998     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4999     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
5000     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
5001     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
5002     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
5003     default.
5004     .RE
5005     .RS 4
5006     .Sp
5007     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
5008     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
5009     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
5010     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
5011     .Sp
5012     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
5013     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
5014     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
5015     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
5016     .RE
5017 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
5018     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
5019     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
5020     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
5021     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
5022     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
5023     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
5024     .Sp
5025     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
5026     wants to use libev.
5027     .Sp
5028     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
5029     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
5030 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
5031     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
5032     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
5033     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
5034     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
5035     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
5036     big.
5037     .Sp
5038     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
5039     enabled.
5040 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
5041     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
5042     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
5043     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
5044     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
5045     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
5046 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
5047 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
5048 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5049     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
5050     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5051 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
5052     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
5053     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
5054 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5055     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
5056 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5057 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
5058     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
5059     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
5060     power of two).
5061 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
5062     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5063     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5064 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5065     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5066     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5067 root 1.65 .Sp
5068 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5069     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5070 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5071     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5072     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5073 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5074 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5075     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5076 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5077 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5078 root 1.65 .Sp
5079 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5080     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5081 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5082     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5083 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5084 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5085     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5086     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5087     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5088     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5089     libev considerably.
5090     .Sp
5091 root 1.115 Verification errors are reported via C's \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism, so if you
5092     disable that (e.g. by defining \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR) then no errors will be reported.
5093     .Sp
5094 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5095     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5096 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5097     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5098     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5099 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5100 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5101     though, and it must be identical each time.
5102     .Sp
5103     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5104     .Sp
5105     .Vb 3
5106 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5107     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5108     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5109 root 1.14 .Ve
5110 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5111 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5112 root 1.14 .PD 0
5113 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5114 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5115     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5116     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5117 root 1.14 .PD
5118     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5119     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5120 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5121 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5122 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5123     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5124 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5125 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5126 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5127 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5128     all public symbols, one per line:
5129 root 1.60 .PP
5130 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5131 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5132     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5133 root 1.53 .Ve
5134 root 1.60 .PP
5135 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5136     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5137 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5138 root 1.60 .PP
5139 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5140 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5141 root 1.60 .PP
5142 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5143 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5144 root 1.53 .Ve
5145 root 1.60 .PP
5146 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5147 root 1.60 .PP
5148 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5149     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5150     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5151     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5152     \& ...
5153     .Ve
5154 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5155 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5156     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5157     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5158     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5159     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5160     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5161     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5162     file.
5163 root 1.60 .PP
5164 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5165 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5166 root 1.60 .PP
5167 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5168     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5169     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5170     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5171     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5172     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5173     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5174     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5175 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5176 root 1.60 \&
5177 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5178 root 1.14 .Ve
5179 root 1.60 .PP
5180 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5181 root 1.60 .PP
5182 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5183 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5184     \& #include "ev.c"
5185 root 1.14 .Ve
5186 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5187     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5188 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5189 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5190     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5191 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5192 root 1.72 .PP
5193 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5194 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5195     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5196     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5197     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5198     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5199 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5200     .PP
5201     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5202     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5203     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5204     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5205     a mutex per loop).
5206     .PP
5207     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5208     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5209     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5210     outside\*(R".
5211 root 1.64 .PP
5212 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5213     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5214 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5215 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5216     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5217 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5218 root 1.64 .Sp
5219     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5220     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5221     .IP "\(bu" 4
5222     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5223     .Sp
5224     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5225     exists, but it is always a good start.
5226     .IP "\(bu" 4
5227     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5228 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5229 root 1.64 .Sp
5230 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5231 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5232     .IP "\(bu" 4
5233     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5234 root 1.71 event loop.
5235     .Sp
5236     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5237     (or from signal contexts...).
5238     .Sp
5239     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5240     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5241     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5242     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5243 root 1.72 .PP
5244 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5245 root 1.79 .PP
5246 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5247 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5248 root 1.72 .PP
5249     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5250     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5251 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5252 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5253     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5254     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5255 root 1.64 .PP
5256 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5257 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5258 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5259 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5260 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5261     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5262     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5263     scared by this.
5264     .PP
5265     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5266     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5267     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5268     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5269     .PP
5270     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5271     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5272     maintainable.
5273     .PP
5274     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5275     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5276     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5277 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5278 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5279     such buggy versions.
5280     .PP
5281     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5282     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5283     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5284     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5285     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5286 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5287 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5288     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5289     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5290     .PP
5291     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5292     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5293     .PP
5294     .Vb 3
5295     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5296     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5297     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5298     .Ve
5299     .PP
5300     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5301 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5302 root 1.72 .PP
5303     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5304     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5305     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5306     confused.
5307     .PP
5308     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5309     make it into some kind of religion.
5310     .PP
5311     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5312     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5313     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5314     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5315     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5316 root 1.60 .PP
5317 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5318     I suggest using suppression lists.
5319     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5320     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5321 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5322 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5323     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5324     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5325     .PP
5326     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5327     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5328     .PP
5329     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5330 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5331 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5332     .PP
5333     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5334     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5335     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5336 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5337 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5338     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5339     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5340     OpenGL drivers.
5341     .PP
5342     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5343     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5344     .PP
5345     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5346     only sockets, many support pipes.
5347     .PP
5348     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5349     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5350     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5351     probably going to work well.
5352     .PP
5353     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5354     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5355     .PP
5356     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5357     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5358     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5359     .PP
5360     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5361     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5362     a loop.
5363     .PP
5364     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5365     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5366     .PP
5367     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5368 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5369 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5370     you use more.
5371     .PP
5372     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5373     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5374 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5375     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5376 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5377     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5378     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5379     .PP
5380     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5381     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5382     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5383     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5384     .PP
5385     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5386     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5387     .PP
5388     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5389     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5390     .PP
5391     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5392     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5393     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5394     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5395     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5396     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5397     great.
5398     .PP
5399     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5400     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5401     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5402 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5403 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5404     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5405     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5406     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5407 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5408     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5409 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5410 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5411     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5412     .PP
5413 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5414     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5415     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5416     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5417     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5418 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5419 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5420 root 1.82 environment.
5421 root 1.60 .PP
5422 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5423 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5424     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5425     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5426 root 1.65 .PP
5427 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5428     embedding it into other applications.
5429     .PP
5430 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5431     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5432     .PP
5433 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5434     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5435     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5436     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5437 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5438 root 1.68 available).
5439     .PP
5440 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5441     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5442     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5443     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5444 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5445 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5446 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5447 root 1.68 .PP
5448     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5449     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5450     of \fIev.h\fR:
5451     .PP
5452     .Vb 2
5453     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5454     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5455     \&
5456     \& #include "ev.h"
5457     .Ve
5458     .PP
5459     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5460 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5461 root 1.68 .PP
5462     .Vb 2
5463     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5464     \& #include "ev.c"
5465     .Ve
5466 root 1.82 .PP
5467     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5468     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5469     .PP
5470 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5471     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5472     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5473 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5474     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5475 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5476     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5477 root 1.82 .PP
5478 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5479 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5480 root 1.82 .PP
5481 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5482 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5483     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5484 root 1.60 .Ve
5485 root 1.82 .PP
5486 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5487 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5488 root 1.82 .PP
5489     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5490     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5491     .PP
5492 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5493 root 1.82 .PP
5494 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5495     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5496 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5497 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5498 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5499 root 1.82 .PP
5500 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5501     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5502 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5503     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5504 root 1.82 .PP
5505 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5506 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5507     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5508     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5509     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5510     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5511     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5512     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5513 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5514     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5515 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5516     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5517     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5518 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5519 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5520     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5521     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5522 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5523 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5524     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5525     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5526 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5527     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5528     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5529     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5530 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5531     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5532     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5533     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5534 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5535     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5536     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5537     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5538 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5539 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5540     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5541     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5542     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5543     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5544     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5545     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5546     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5547     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5548     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5549     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5550     .Sp
5551     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5552 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5553     thread as well.
5554 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5555     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5556     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5557 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5558 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5559     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5560     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5561     watchers.
5562 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5563     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5564     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5565     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5566 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5567     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5568     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5569 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5570 root 1.88 .Sp
5571 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5572 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5573     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5574     something like that, just kidding).
5575 root 1.65 .PP
5576     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5577 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5578     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5579     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5580     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5581     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5582 root 1.67 .PP
5583 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5584     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5585     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5586     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5587     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5588     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5589     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5590     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5591     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5592     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5593     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5594     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5595     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5596     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5597     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5598     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5599     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5600     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5601     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5602     .PD 0
5603     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5604     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5605     .PD
5606     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5607     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5608     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5609     is rare).
5610     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5611     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5612     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5613     fixed position in the storage array.
5614     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5615     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5616     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5617     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5618     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5619     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5620     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5621     .PD 0
5622     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5623     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5624     .PD
5625     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5626     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5627     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5628     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5629     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5630     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5631     .PD 0
5632     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5633     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5634     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5635     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5636     .PD
5637     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5638 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5639     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5640     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5641 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5642     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5643 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5644 root 1.82 .PP
5645     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5646     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5647     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5648     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5649     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5650     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5651     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5652     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5653 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5654 root 1.82 section.
5655     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5656     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5657     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5658     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5659     .Sp
5660     .Vb 2
5661     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5662     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5663     .Ve
5664     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5665     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5666     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5667     .Sp
5668     .Vb 3
5669     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5670     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5671     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5672     \&
5673     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5674     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5675     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5676     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5677     \&
5678     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5679     \&
5680     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5681     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5682     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5683     .Ve
5684     .Sp
5685     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5686     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5687     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5688     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5689     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5690     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5691     typedef.
5692     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5693     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5694     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5695     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5696     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5697     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5698 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5699     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5700     .IP "active" 4
5701     .IX Item "active"
5702 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5703 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5704 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5705     .IX Item "application"
5706     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5707 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5708     .IX Item "backend"
5709     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5710 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5711     .IX Item "callback"
5712     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5713     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5714     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5715 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5716     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5717 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5718     .IP "event" 4
5719     .IX Item "event"
5720     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5721     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5722     any other events happening anymore.
5723     .Sp
5724     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5725 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5726 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5727     .IX Item "event library"
5728     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5729     .IP "event loop" 4
5730     .IX Item "event loop"
5731     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5732     into callback invocations.
5733     .IP "event model" 4
5734     .IX Item "event model"
5735     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5736     watchers and events.
5737     .IP "pending" 4
5738     .IX Item "pending"
5739 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5740 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5741 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5742     .IX Item "real time"
5743     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5744     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5745     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5746     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5747 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5748 root 1.78 clock.
5749     .IP "watcher" 4
5750     .IX Item "watcher"
5751     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5752     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5753 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5754     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5755 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5756 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.